{"title":"Mailchimp","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"mailchimp-domain-authentication-deliverability-setup","title":"Mailchimp Domain Authentication \u0026 Deliverability Setup","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eService Scope\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMailchimp Domain Authentication \u0026amp; Deliverability Setup is a fixed-scope technical service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one business-owned sending domain, and one primary sending address.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe service establishes the domain-authentication foundation required for professional Mailchimp sending, reviews related DNS and sender settings, performs a practical deliverability-readiness check, and validates the completed configuration before regular campaigns are launched.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVerify Your Sending Domain\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe verify one custom email domain inside the client’s Mailchimp account using an approved email address hosted on that domain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe client must be able to receive the verification message or provide the verification code. Public email domains such as Gmail, Yahoo, AOL, and Outlook.com cannot be authenticated as client-owned sending domains.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConfigure Mailchimp DKIM Authentication\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe configure the authentication records supplied by Mailchimp for one approved sending domain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe records can be installed through Mailchimp’s supported automated connection or added manually inside the client’s DNS provider. We confirm that the record names and values are entered correctly and review the authentication status displayed inside Mailchimp after DNS propagation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEstablish or Review DMARC\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe review the domain’s existing DMARC configuration and add or update one appropriate DMARC TXT record when the current sending environment allows it.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe configuration is prepared conservatively so authentication can be established without applying an aggressive enforcement policy before all legitimate email-sending services using the domain are identified.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplex multi-platform DMARC alignment, reporting analysis, policy escalation, and ongoing monitoring require a separate service.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReview SPF and Existing DNS Records\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe review the domain’s visible SPF and related email-authentication records for duplicate SPF records, malformed syntax, obvious conflicts, or other conditions that could interfere with legitimate sending.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExisting records are preserved unless an approved correction is required. DNS-zone reconstruction, nameserver changes, email-hosting migration, and configuration of unrelated sending platforms are not included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlign Your Mailchimp Sender Identity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe review and configure one primary From name, From email address, and reply-to address so the sender identity is consistent with the authenticated business domain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe also review the available default campaign settings related to sender identification and confirm that the authenticated address is available for future Mailchimp campaigns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplete a Deliverability-Readiness Review\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe perform one practical review of the Mailchimp account settings that can affect responsible email sending.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVisible domain-authentication status\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrom email and reply-to alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBasic audience-health indicators\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnsubscribe readiness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable campaign tracking settings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eObvious account-level deliverability concerns\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAuthentication improves the technical foundation for email delivery, but it does not replace proper contact permission, audience maintenance, relevant content, responsible sending frequency, or sender-reputation management.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTest and Validate the Configuration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAfter the authentication records are recognized, we complete one controlled Mailchimp test send to up to three client-provided inboxes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe review the available authentication results, confirm that the correct sending domain is being used, and address one standard round of in-scope authentication troubleshooting.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDNS changes may require up to 48 hours to propagate before final validation can be completed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe domain configured\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe authentication status visible at handoff\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe sender settings reviewed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAny unresolved third-party issue\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractical recommendations for future campaign sending\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Mailchimp account, sending domain, DNS records, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBefore configuration begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAccess to the domain’s DNS provider or assistance from its authorized administrator\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne working email address hosted on the owned domain\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe approved From name and reply-to address\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDetails of other legitimate email services using the domain\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUp to three email addresses for the controlled test send\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTimely review and approval of the completed configuration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard delivery is 3–5 business days after all required access and information are received.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDNS propagation, Mailchimp validation, domain-provider delays, and third-party technical issues may extend the completion time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne consolidated clarification or correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original service scope.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMailchimp subscription or usage fees\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDomain registration or renewal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBusiness mailbox creation or migration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMailchimp Transactional setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDedicated IP configuration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDomain or IP warming\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eContact acquisition or list cleaning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCampaign strategy, creation, or management\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlacklist removal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSender-reputation repair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOngoing DMARC reporting or deliverability monitoring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConfiguration of additional domains or sending platforms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement, open rates, or delivery rates\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53822730010907,"sku":null,"price":299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug27_2026_12_05_45AM.png?v=1787803560"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-audience-import-organization","title":"Mailchimp Audience Import \u0026 Organization","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Audience Import \u0026amp; Organization is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one primary audience, and one client-provided CSV or XLSX file containing up to 5,000 email contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service prepares the supplied contact data for import, maps approved audience fields, organizes contacts with tags, groups, and saved segments, and reviews the final import results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Existing Audience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing Mailchimp audience or prepare the basic structure for one new primary audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers the available audience fields, existing tags, groups, segments, contact statuses, and other settings directly related to the approved import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp generally works best when contacts are maintained inside one primary audience and organized using tags, groups, and segments instead of creating unnecessary duplicate audiences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare the Contact File\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one client-provided CSV or XLSX file containing up to 5,000 contact records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic preparation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing column headings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving empty rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimming obvious extra spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying visibly duplicated email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChecking email columns for basic formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizing the approved columns for field mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing the file in a format supported by Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include third-party email verification, contact enrichment, manual research, recovery of missing information, or extensive database reconstruction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap Audience Fields\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe map up to 10 approved fields from the supplied file into the Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese fields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAddress information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved custom information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available data must be compatible with the selected Mailchimp field type. One email address is used as the primary identifier for each email contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Contact Status and Permission\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify the correct marketing status for the supplied contacts and confirm that every person imported as subscribed has provided the required permission to receive marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting unsubscribed or cleaned contacts will not be manually resubscribed. Contact statuses are preserved or assigned according to the approved import instructions and Mailchimp’s platform rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not determine whether the client’s contact collection process satisfies a particular law, regulation, or industry requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate an Organized Tag Structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create and apply up to 10 approved tags for internal audience organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTags may identify contacts by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImport source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther client-approved classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final tag structure is designed to remain understandable and practical for future campaigns and automations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Audience Groups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere groups are appropriate, we configure up to two group categories containing up to 10 total group options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGroups can be used for interests or preferences that contacts may select themselves through supported Mailchimp forms. If the supplied information is intended only for internal organization, tags or segments may be used instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Saved Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to five practical saved segments using the contact information available after import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSegments may organize contacts by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroup selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImported data field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement information already available in the account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSegment functionality and available conditions depend on the client’s active Mailchimp plan and the data stored in the audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImport or Update Contacts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one approved import into the selected Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere instructed, the import can add new contacts and update supported fields for existing contacts. Mailchimp reviews imports for duplicate addresses, unsubscribed contacts, cleaned contacts, syntax problems, and other conditions that may prevent individual records from being accepted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not guarantee that every supplied record will be imported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Import Results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the import is processed, we review the available Mailchimp import report.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review identifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContacts successfully added\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting contacts updated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate contacts skipped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvalid addresses or syntax errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestricted contact statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther visible import issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard correction and re-import attempt is included for records affected by an in-scope file-formatting or field-mapping issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe audience configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source file imported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of contacts submitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible import results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields mapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tags, groups, and segments created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved records or platform restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, contact data, audience, and associated business information remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne complete CSV or XLSX contact file\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate column headings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe correct marketing status for the supplied contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDocumented permission for contacts identified as subscribed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstructions for updating existing contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested tags, groups, segments, and custom fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplanation of any unfamiliar data columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of the proposed organization structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, information, and the final contact file are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original quantities and approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement file, additional import, new audience structure, or materially different organization plan is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or contact-storage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 5,000 contact records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one source file\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple Mailchimp audiences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS contact imports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact acquisition or database purchasing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party email verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData enrichment or manual contact research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive duplicate resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMajor spreadsheet reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent collection or legal compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribing unsubscribed or cleaned contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM, e-commerce, API, or application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing audience maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed acceptance of every supplied contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53823088132379,"sku":null,"price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug27_2026_12_00_53AM.png?v=1787803264"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-account-setup-configuration","title":"Mailchimp Account Setup \u0026 Configuration","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Account Setup \u0026amp; Configuration is a fixed-scope service for one business, one new or lightly used Mailchimp account, one primary audience, and basic access preparation for up to three approved users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service establishes the essential account, audience, sender, opt-in, contact-information, access, notification, and tracking settings required before regular email marketing work begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package does not include contact imports, domain authentication, template design, campaign creation, marketing automation, or ongoing account management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSet Up or Review the Mailchimp Account\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe set up one new Mailchimp account or review the essential configuration of one existing account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers the settings directly related to the approved business and future email-marketing activity. Existing campaigns, contacts, templates, automations, integrations, and historical account data are not rebuilt or reorganized under this package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account remains owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Essential Account Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review the account’s core administrative settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime zone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDate and time format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferred weekly start day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrency format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault email builder selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant account notification preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese settings help ensure that scheduling, reporting, account activity, and future campaign preparation reflect the client’s actual business location and working preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Active Mailchimp Plan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the client’s active Mailchimp plan and identify the primary account capabilities relevant to the approved setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis review may cover available audiences, contact capacity, user-access limitations, email features, forms, reporting options, and other plan-dependent functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp subscription selection remains the client’s decision. Subscription fees, upgrades, downgrades, additional contacts, overages, and third-party charges are not included in the service price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare One Primary Audience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create or configure one primary Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe audience setup may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved audience name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness contact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired physical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic audience notification settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved opt-in method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic form defaults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp generally recommends maintaining one primary audience and organizing contacts within that audience instead of creating unnecessary duplicate audiences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact imports, tags, groups, saved segments, and detailed audience organization are covered by the separate Mailchimp Audience Import \u0026amp; Organization service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAlign the Default Sender Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved From name, one working From email address, and one reply-to address for future Mailchimp marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere Mailchimp requires standard email verification, we assist with verifying the approved sender address using the confirmation message received by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not configure DKIM, DMARC, SPF, or other DNS records. Those items are covered by the separate Mailchimp Domain Authentication \u0026amp; Deliverability Setup service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Audience Contact and Footer Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the business information Mailchimp uses for required campaign identification and footer content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness or organization name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved contact details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault sender identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for supplying complete and accurate business information and determining whether the provided information satisfies applicable legal or regulatory requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo configures the approved information but does not provide legal advice or certify regulatory compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Core Audience Fields\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review up to five core audience fields for future contact records and personalization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese fields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved basic field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere appropriate, we configure approved merge tags and practical default merge values for missing personalization data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package does not include importing contacts, mapping a full database, data enrichment, duplicate resolution, or creating an advanced audience architecture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Opt-In Method and Form Defaults\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the client-approved single or double opt-in method for one primary audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also review the basic signup-form defaults directly connected to the audience, such as the approved audience fields and available standard form settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must select the opt-in approach and provide any required consent, privacy, disclosure, or permission language.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom signup-form design, website embedding, landing-page development, preferences-center customization, GDPR-form preparation, and legal review are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare User Access\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assist with inviting and assigning appropriate standard Mailchimp access to up to three approved users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide each user’s correct email address and approve the intended access level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable user types and the number of permitted users depend on the client’s active Mailchimp plan. Password creation, multifactor authentication, and personal login verification must be completed by each individual user.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Notifications and Tracking Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the relevant account and audience notification settings available within the client’s plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also review the standard tracking options that can be selected when future campaigns are created, including available open, click, and supported link-tracking settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoogle Analytics property creation, GA4 configuration, Google Tag Manager work, conversion tracking, website analytics repair, e-commerce tracking, and campaign-specific UTM strategy are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Configuration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the approved settings are entered, we perform one final configuration review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review confirms the visible status of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary audience settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience contact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCore audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpt-in selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser invitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotification settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable tracking options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard round of in-scope corrections is included for configuration issues identified during this review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe account configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe primary audience prepared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe administrative settings reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sender information configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe audience fields established\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe opt-in method selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe users invited\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny plan-related limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved client or third-party requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed account is handed back to the client as the foundation for future audience imports, domain authentication, templates, campaigns, and automations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore configuration begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp Owner, Admin, or approved agency access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate business and account information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe required physical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne working business sender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved From name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved reply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe preferred account time zone and currency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected single or double opt-in method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved permission-reminder wording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to five requested audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNames and email addresses for up to three users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of the completed settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 3–5 business days after all required access, business information, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges to the business, audience structure, sender identity, opt-in strategy, user list, or requested configuration after approval may require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one primary audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three user invitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact imports or database migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact cleaning, verification, or enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags, groups, or saved-segment architecture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDKIM, DMARC, SPF, or DNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain or sender warming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation, scheduling, or sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation or Customer Journeys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup-form design or website embedding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferences-center customization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce, CRM, API, or application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics or conversion-tracking implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom reporting dashboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing administration or support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed campaign delivery or performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53824707494171,"sku":null,"price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_58_05PM.png?v=1787803098"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-contact-list-cleanup-segmentation","title":"Mailchimp Contact List Cleanup \u0026 Segmentation","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Contact List Cleanup \u0026amp; Segmentation is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one existing primary audience, and up to 10,000 stored email contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service reviews the current audience structure, contact statuses, visible data-quality issues, existing fields, organization tags, engagement history, inactive contacts, cleaned contacts, and potential archive candidates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt then applies approved bulk corrections, creates a practical segmentation structure, and completes one client-approved bulk archive action when requested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProtect the Existing Audience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore approved changes are implemented, we export one available copy of the selected Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe export provides a pre-change reference containing the contact and audience information made available by Mailchimp at the time of the project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis backup does not replace the client’s own data-retention, privacy, security, or business-continuity responsibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Contact Statuses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the visible email-marketing statuses stored in the selected audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-subscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaned contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchived contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther statuses visible in the account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting unsubscribed or cleaned contacts will not be manually converted back to subscribed status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review identifies how different contact categories affect future campaign eligibility, audience organization, and the client’s visible Mailchimp contact count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Billable and Non-Billable Contact Categories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available audience counts and identify contact categories that may affect the client’s Mailchimp billing tier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere supported by the available account data, the review distinguishes active marketing contacts from cleaned or archived contacts that Mailchimp does not count toward the standard contact limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not guarantee a subscription-price reduction. Mailchimp controls billing rules, plan thresholds, overages, pricing tiers, and the final account charges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIdentify Visible Data-Quality Issues\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the selected audience for visible field-level and organizational issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may identify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInconsistent capitalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnnecessary leading or trailing spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty or incomplete approved fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInconsistent company or location formatting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdated internal tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnclear field labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConflicting classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMalformed visible data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotential duplicate-contact risks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnused or confusing organization structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service uses available Mailchimp data and approved bulk-edit methods. It does not include manual research into every contact or external verification of individual records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Duplicate-Contact Risks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp normally prevents the same email address from appearing more than once inside a single audience, but duplicate individuals can still exist under different email addresses or across multiple audiences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the selected audience for visible duplicate risks based on the information available in Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual identity matching, cross-audience consolidation, combining multiple audiences, merging extensive contact histories, and resolving contacts that use different email aliases require separate scope approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNormalize Approved Audience Fields\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe normalize up to 10 approved audience fields using practical bulk corrections supported by the available data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese fields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eState or region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCountry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved stored field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNormalization may include correcting consistent formatting patterns, aligning approved values, and preparing clearer field-based segment conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual record-by-record rewriting, missing-data recovery, data enrichment, address validation, and external contact research are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganize Contacts With Tags\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create, rename, consolidate, or apply up to 10 approved cleanup and organization tags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTags may identify contacts by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanup status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchive-review status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-engagement eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved internal classification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting tags outside the approved scope are preserved unless the client authorizes a specific change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Data-Based Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create saved segments using the reliable fields and classifications available in the audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eData-based segments may organize contacts by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer or lead type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable custom field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe usefulness of each segment depends on the quality and completeness of the client’s existing contact data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Engagement Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere sufficient campaign history is available, we create practical engagement-based segments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecently engaged subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequently engaged subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOccasionally engaged subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRarely engaged subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContacts with no recent opens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContacts with no recent clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew subscribers without sufficient history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotential re-engagement candidates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to eight total saved data and engagement segments under this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp’s available conditions, historical data, engagement classifications, and segment limits depend on the account, audience, active plan, and prior campaign activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIdentify Inactive and Stale Contacts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe identify contacts that appear inactive or stale based on the available Mailchimp engagement history and the client-approved criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA contact may appear inactive because they have not recently opened or clicked an email. A stale contact may have remained in the audience for a long period without receiving recent communication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese contacts are separated into reviewable segments rather than automatically removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not determine whether every inactive contact should be retained, re-engaged, unsubscribed, or archived. The final business decision remains with the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Cleaned Contacts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe identify contacts Mailchimp has already classified as cleaned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaned contacts generally represent addresses affected by hard bounces or repeated soft bounces and cannot receive standard Mailchimp marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not repair, replace, verify, or reactivate cleaned email addresses. Cleaned contacts may be included in the final cleanup summary or archive recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare Archive Candidates\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create a clearly identified archive-candidate segment based on the client-approved rules and the information available in Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArchive candidates may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-term inactive subscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved stale contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaned contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObsolete internal test contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearly outdated approved records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther client-approved non-marketing contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArchiving removes contacts from the active marketing audience while retaining their available Mailchimp history. It is different from permanently deleting contact data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete One Approved Archive Action\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the client reviews the archive-candidate segment and provides written approval, we complete one approved bulk archive action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo contacts are archived before approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo contacts are permanently deleted under this service. Permanent deletion removes personal information and cannot be reversed, so it requires a separate client-controlled process and is outside this package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRe-Engagement Recommendations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere inactive subscribers are identified, we provide practical recommendations for a potential re-engagement campaign before archiving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommendations may cover the audience segment, campaign objective, suggested sequence direction, and the decision point for retaining or archiving non-responsive contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, email design, campaign creation, testing, scheduling, sending, and performance monitoring are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Updated Audience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the approved cleanup and segmentation work is completed, we review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible contact-status counts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved field normalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied cleanup tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaved data segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaved engagement segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchive-candidate logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompleted approved archive action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemaining visible data concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard correction round is included for in-scope configuration errors identified during validation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe audience reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of contacts visible at project start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact statuses reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields normalized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tags created or updated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe segments created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe archive candidates identified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of contacts archived after approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemaining data limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, audience, contacts, and associated business data remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing primary audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn explanation of the existing fields and tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved formatting and normalization rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefinitions for important customer and lead categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe desired segmentation criteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe preferred inactive-contact review period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of any contacts that must be preserved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before bulk archiving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review of the proposed cleanup structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, information, cleanup rules, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original quantities and approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement audience, materially different cleanup criteria, additional archive action, additional data source, or expanded contact quantity is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or contact fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 10,000 contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one primary audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombining or migrating multiple audiences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import from a new file\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party email verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail-address validation or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual contact research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual record-by-record rewriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecovery of missing contact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced duplicate-identity resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 10 normalized fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 10 cleanup or organization tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than eight saved segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermanent contact deletion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribing unsubscribed or cleaned contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent collection or legal compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-engagement campaign creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM, e-commerce, API, or application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing audience maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed billing reduction, deliverability, engagement, or campaign performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53824711459099,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_55_41PM.png?v=1787802952"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-signup-forms-website-integration","title":"Mailchimp Signup Forms \u0026 Website Integration","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Signup Forms \u0026amp; Website Integration is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one prepared primary audience, and one client-controlled website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one embedded signup form, one Mailchimp popup form, up to five approved signup fields, basic brand styling, opt-in configuration, standard signup responses, installation across up to two approved website placements, and controlled testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package connects website lead capture to Mailchimp. It does not include general Mailchimp account setup, contact imports, website redesign, custom application development, email campaigns, or marketing automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Audience and Website\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the selected Mailchimp audience and the approved website locations where signup opportunities should appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent opt-in settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting signup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved website platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable form-placement areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting website styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesired subscriber information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic technical access requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe website must allow Mailchimp embed code, scripts, or another supported integration method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlan the Signup Experience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe define a practical signup path based on the client’s approved objective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe signup experience may be designed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter subscriptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct announcements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead-magnet access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved email-marketing purpose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client provides the final offer, form wording, disclosure language, consent language, and promised incentive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Approved Signup Fields\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to five approved fields across the included forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterest category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved audience field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail address remains the primary email-contact identifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex conditional fields, extensive questionnaires, quizzes, calculations, file uploads, payment fields, account-registration forms, and custom database forms are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate One Embedded Signup Form\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one Mailchimp embedded signup form connected to the approved audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe embedded form may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired and optional field settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom field labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting help text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved button wording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne source-identification tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic success or error messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Mailchimp form settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe generated form code is prepared for installation on the approved website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Basic Embedded-Form Styling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe apply basic styling so the embedded form fits the client’s existing website more naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStyling may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFont selection from available website fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackground colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic mobile responsiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe form is adapted to the existing website design. Creating a new visual identity, redesigning the surrounding page, or rebuilding the website section is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate One Mailchimp Popup Form\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one Mailchimp popup signup form connected to the same approved audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe popup may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved Mailchimp popup template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved headline and supporting copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to five approved fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne call-to-action button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic brand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved image or logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne source-identification tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable display rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable close and dismissal behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePopup capabilities, templates, incentives, visitor rules, and scheduling options depend on Mailchimp’s current form editor and the client’s active plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Popup Display Rules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one practical popup-display approach using the options available in Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved rules may consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial visitor delay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePage-view conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExit behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific website pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew or returning visitors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDismissal frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublished or unpublished status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced behavioral targeting, custom JavaScript triggers, geographic targeting, user-account conditions, e-commerce cart logic, and cross-domain rules are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Opt-In Method\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the client-approved single or double opt-in method for the selected audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith single opt-in, an eligible visitor is added after submitting the form. With double opt-in, the visitor must complete Mailchimp’s confirmation process before becoming a subscribed contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for selecting the appropriate opt-in method and supplying approved consent and disclosure language.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not provide legal advice or certify that a particular form satisfies privacy, advertising, accessibility, or industry-specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview reCAPTCHA and Spam-Protection Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available Mailchimp reCAPTCHA and spam-protection settings associated with the approved signup process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome hosted confirmation steps and form types use Mailchimp-controlled reCAPTCHA behavior that cannot be fully edited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party anti-spam services, custom server-side validation, fraud detection, disposable-email blocking, and advanced bot-prevention development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Signup Responses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the standard Mailchimp response experience available for the selected audience and included forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup success messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble opt-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation thank-you messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting website-return link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic error messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved field guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable default language settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom-designed external thank-you pages are not included unless those pages already exist and only a supported redirect must be configured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstall the Forms on One Website\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe install the embedded form and required popup connection code on one approved website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package covers up to two approved placements, which may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite footer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlog sidebar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHomepage section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated existing signup page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved existing location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe popup integration may use a site-wide code location when required by Mailchimp and supported by the website platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Existing Website Functionality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is limited to the code and styling required for the approved forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe avoid intentionally changing unrelated website sections, navigation, checkout functions, applications, analytics, or existing integrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo is not responsible for undocumented custom code, unsupported themes, third-party application conflicts, platform restrictions, or pre-existing website errors discovered during implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Signup Journey\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled testing cycle using up to three client-approved test submissions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop form display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile form display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired-field behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic validation messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbedded-form submission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePopup-form submission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpt-in behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact arrival in the selected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved field mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource tag application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup response or confirmation experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest contacts may need to be removed or archived after validation according to Mailchimp’s platform rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe audience connected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe forms created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe opt-in method selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe website placements used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source tags applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe popup rules configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe testing completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved website or platform limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, website, forms, audience, and collected contact information remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp administrator access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite administrator or theme access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne prepared Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved signup objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to five requested fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal form headline and supporting copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal button wording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved consent and disclosure language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy and terms links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo, image, colors, and brand guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two approved website placements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected single or double opt-in method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three testing email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, content, form decisions, and website-placement approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original forms, fields, placements, and approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA different website, additional form, additional placement, revised audience structure, new signup strategy, or materially different design is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite-platform or application fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Mailchimp account setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience creation or contact import\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one embedded form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one popup form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five signup fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two website placements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite or landing-page redesign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreation of new external thank-you pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced custom HTML, CSS, or JavaScript development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom server-side form processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAPI or webhook development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM or e-commerce integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS signup or SMS compliance setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom preference-center development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead-magnet creation or file hosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslation services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome email or campaign creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing testing, optimization, or management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed subscriber volume or conversion rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53824993034523,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_52_49PM.png?v=1787802780"},{"product_id":"custom-mailchimp-email-template-design","title":"Custom Mailchimp Email Template Design","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Mailchimp Email Template Design is a fixed-scope creative and technical service for one business, one Mailchimp account, and one reusable marketing email template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one approved design direction, up to eight reusable content sections, the required email footer, responsive Mailchimp implementation, controlled testing, two consolidated revision rounds, and a practical editing handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finished template provides a reusable starting point for future emails. It does not include a completed marketing campaign, ongoing campaign management, or live campaign sending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDefine the Template Objective\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the intended purpose of the template and establish one primary content structure before design begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template may be designed for one main use case, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany newsletters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service announcements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent communications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral branded marketing emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the business requires several substantially different layouts or campaign types, each additional template is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish One Design Direction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one custom design direction using the client’s approved brand assets and content requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design direction establishes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall visual style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypography system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader and footer presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client reviews the proposed direction before the complete template is finalized. Once approved, it becomes the visual foundation for the remaining implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA substantially different concept requested after approval is outside the included revision scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Eight Reusable Content Sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe design and configure up to eight approved content sections in addition to the required Mailchimp footer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable sections may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreheader area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded logo header\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHero image and introductory message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage-and-text feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-column information section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional banner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTestimonial or quotation section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCall-to-action section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media and contact section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosing message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final selection is based on the client’s approved content plan. The included quantity does not provide every example listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach section is structured to make future content replacement as practical as the selected Mailchimp builder and implementation method allow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply the Approved Brand Styling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe apply the client’s approved logo, brand colors, typography direction, image style, buttons, spacing, and supporting visual elements throughout the template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause font support varies between email applications, suitable email-safe fallback fonts may be used when the primary brand font cannot be displayed consistently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must supply final logo files, approved colors, brand guidance, copy, images, and destination links. Basic image placement and reasonable cropping are included. Custom illustration, photography, advanced retouching, and extensive graphic production are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect the Appropriate Mailchimp Build Method\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is implemented using the Mailchimp builder or supported custom-template method best suited to the approved layout, the client’s active plan, and the required editing experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA custom visual design does not automatically require a completely custom-coded HTML template. Native Mailchimp content blocks may provide a more practical editing experience for future campaigns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere custom HTML is appropriate and supported by the client’s plan, the template can use Mailchimp-compatible code and approved editable areas. The implementation method is confirmed before the final build begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate a Responsive Email Layout\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare the template for practical use on common desktop and mobile screen sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResponsive treatment may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStacking approved columns on smaller screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjusting section spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResizing compatible images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining readable text sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating touch-friendly buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserving a clear content hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the mobile preview inside Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail applications use different rendering engines and may modify fonts, spacing, colors, image behavior, or dark-mode presentation. Exact visual matching across every inbox, device, and email application cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Merge Tags and Required Footer Elements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare the template for standard Mailchimp merge tags and required footer information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footer is configured to use the available audience information for elements such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported audience details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard personalization fields may also be placed when requested and supported by the selected audience structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for providing accurate business and audience information. Advanced conditional content, complex personalization logic, and custom data integrations are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Client-Provided Content and Links\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the client’s final approved sample content into the template so its intended structure and appearance can be reviewed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo and brand files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal image assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, extensive copy editing, content strategy, translation, stock-image research, and production of missing assets require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest and Validate the Template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter implementation, we review the template using Mailchimp’s available preview and testing tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe validation covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection order and spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton and text links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge-tag placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic content editability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible formatting issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne controlled test send to up to three client-provided inboxes is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact-specific merge tags and dynamic content may not populate in a standard test email. Where applicable, these elements are reviewed using the available Mailchimp preview settings and the audience configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal paid inbox-testing services and comprehensive testing across every version of Outlook, Gmail, Apple Mail, Yahoo, and other email applications are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinal Template Setup and Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved design is saved inside the client’s Mailchimp account as one reusable template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise handoff identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe final template name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Mailchimp builder or implementation method used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe reusable sections included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe areas intended for future editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe test status at delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny known platform limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical instructions for creating future emails from the template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, template, supplied content, and client-owned brand assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active Mailchimp plan supporting the approved implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne clear template objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved brand direction or suitable design references\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal logo and brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal image files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate business and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three addresses for the controlled test send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback and approvals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork begins after all required access, content, assets, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 7–10 business days after all required materials and access are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved design direction and original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded revisions may adjust colors, spacing, typography, image placement, section styling, or other reasonable presentation details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA new design direction, replacement content structure, additional template, or substantial reconstruction after approval requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one email template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one initial design direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than eight reusable content sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional layout variations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign strategy or content planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or extensive copy editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand identity or logo design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom illustration or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced image editing or animation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInteractive forms, scripts, or embedded applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation, scheduling, or live sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomated customer journeys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience import, cleanup, or segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms or website integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication or deliverability setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce, CRM, API, or product-feed integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced dynamic content or conditional personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslation or localization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal paid inbox-rendering platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing template maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed rendering in every email application or dark mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement, open rates, clicks, sales, or conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825019379995,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_50_23PM.png?v=1787802637"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-email-campaign-setup-launch","title":"Mailchimp Email Campaign Setup \u0026 Launch","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Email Campaign Setup \u0026amp; Launch is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one regular marketing email campaign, and one approved audience or segment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service covers campaign assembly, recipient configuration, sender and inbox settings, basic tracking, testing, two consolidated revision rounds, final approval, and one scheduled or immediate launch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe campaign is created using an existing Mailchimp template or a standard Mailchimp layout. Custom template design, automated journeys, recurring campaigns, and ongoing campaign management are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm the Campaign Objective\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the client’s approved campaign objective before building the email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe purpose of the campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe intended recipients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe primary message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe main call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved offer or announcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested send date and time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe desired destination after a recipient clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service organizes and implements the approved campaign. It does not include a complete marketing strategy, offer development, or extensive content planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble the Campaign in Mailchimp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one regular email campaign inside the client’s Mailchimp account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe campaign can contain up to eight approved content sections using an existing saved template or standard Mailchimp layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSections may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreheader\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded header\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHero image and introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain text section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage-and-text feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCall-to-action section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosing message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired campaign footer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final section structure is selected according to the approved content. The included quantity does not provide every example listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd the Approved Copy and Images\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the client’s final approved copy and up to ten client-provided images into the campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic implementation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormatting headings and paragraphs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying existing brand colors and styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining a readable content hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding basic alternative text supplied or approved by the client\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide complete and approved content before campaign assembly begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, major rewriting, translation, stock-image research, custom graphics, advanced image editing, and production of missing content are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Audience or Segment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the campaign to send to one approved existing Mailchimp audience or one approved segment containing up to five conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConditions may use available information such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported audience data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable targeting conditions depend on the client’s Mailchimp plan and the information already stored in the audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must confirm the intended recipients and verify that every contact included as subscribed has the required permission to receive marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAudience import, contact cleanup, extensive segmentation, consent collection, and manual resubscription of unsubscribed or cleaned contacts are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Sender Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure and review the campaign’s primary sender settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign subject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne subject line and one preview-text version are refined using the client’s approved campaign content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sending address must be available and accepted by Mailchimp. Domain verification or authentication work required before launch is outside this service and may require Mailchimp Domain Authentication \u0026amp; Deliverability Setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Inbox Presentation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review how the sender name, subject line, and preview text work together before the campaign is approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review focuses on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear sender identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate message expectations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistency with the campaign content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReasonable subject-line length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoidance of obvious formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlignment between the subject and destination offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA\/B testing, multivariate testing, multiple subject-line variants, and advanced subject-line performance analysis are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Links and Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add and review the approved campaign links and available tracking settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText hyperlinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved campaign tracking parameters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Google Analytics tracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting e-commerce tracking options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoogle Analytics, e-commerce, CRM, and other integrations must already be correctly connected if they are expected to supply campaign data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegration installation, troubleshooting, custom event tracking, and attribution configuration are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Required Footer Elements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe confirm that the campaign contains the required Mailchimp footer elements available from the selected audience and template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther required audience details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide accurate business and sender information. Legal advice and jurisdiction-specific compliance review are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Mobile-Readiness Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the campaign using Mailchimp’s available desktop and mobile preview tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious mobile-formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail applications can display fonts, spacing, colors, images, and dark-mode styling differently. Exact visual matching across every device and inbox application cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Campaign\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore final approval, we complete one controlled test send to up to three client-provided email addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject and preview presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopy and image placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton and text links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic merge-tag behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact-specific merge tags and dynamic content may not populate in an ordinary test email. Where applicable, these elements are reviewed using Mailchimp’s available preview settings and existing audience data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal paid inbox-testing services and comprehensive testing across every email application are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eObtain Final Written Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore scheduling or sending, the client must provide written approval confirming:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe final recipients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe From name and email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe subject line and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe campaign copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested send date and time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce final approval is received, the campaign is considered ready for launch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges requested after final approval may require the campaign to be paused, rescheduled, or rebuilt and are not included in the original revision scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSchedule or Launch the Campaign\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved campaign can be scheduled for one future send time or launched once as an immediate regular email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScheduled delivery depends on the features included in the client’s active Mailchimp plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client should provide final written approval at least one business day before the requested launch. Last-minute scheduling, emergency revisions, and launch coordination outside standard business hours are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce Mailchimp begins delivering the campaign, its recipients, subject, sender information, and content generally cannot be edited for messages already sent. KizilCo cannot recall an email after it reaches a recipient’s inbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinal Send Confirmation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter scheduling or launching the campaign, the client receives a concise confirmation identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe campaign name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected audience or segment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible estimated recipient count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved subject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe scheduled or completed send time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe campaign status visible in Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe location of the campaign report\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetailed performance reporting, comparative analysis, recommendations, and optimization of future campaigns are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, campaign, audience, content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn eligible existing audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDocumented recipient permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved campaign objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to ten final image files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved offer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name and sending address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequested audience or segment instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequested send date and time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate footer and business information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three addresses for the test send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before scheduling or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account must be in good standing and able to send the approved campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard campaign preparation is completed within 5–7 business days after all required access, content, assets, targeting instructions, and sender information are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the original campaign structure and approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement campaign, new audience strategy, new template, substantially different content, or additional launch is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClient delays, account restrictions, plan limitations, domain issues, audience problems, or missing approvals may extend the delivery and launch timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one email campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one scheduled or immediate launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than eight campaign content sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than ten client-provided images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional audience or segment versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience import or contact cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent collection or legal compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or extensive copy editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing strategy or offer development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom graphics, illustration, or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslation or localization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain verification or authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailbox or DNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B or multivariate testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomated customer journeys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecurring campaign management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResending to non-openers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch delivery configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM, e-commerce, API, or analytics integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding pages or signup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal paid inbox-rendering platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed post-campaign performance analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRevisions after final approval and launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed acceptance of every intended recipient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed open rates, clicks, sales, or conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825110901019,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_40_03PM.png?v=1787802018"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-newsletter-design-setup","title":"Mailchimp Newsletter Design \u0026 Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Newsletter Design \u0026amp; Setup is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one reusable newsletter template, and one sample newsletter issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one approved design direction, up to ten reusable content sections, the required Mailchimp footer, one sample issue assembled from client-provided content, responsive testing, two consolidated revision rounds, and an editing handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed sample issue remains in draft status. Audience selection, scheduling, and live campaign sending are handled separately through Mailchimp Email Campaign Setup \u0026amp; Launch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDefine the Newsletter Purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the intended role of the newsletter before establishing its structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe newsletter may be designed for one primary purpose, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany news and announcements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustry updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service news\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient communications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurated resources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunity news\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThought leadership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonthly or quarterly business updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify the intended audience, expected publishing frequency, typical content categories, and primary call to action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete newsletter strategy, editorial planning, and long-term content-calendar development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish One Newsletter Design Direction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one newsletter-specific visual direction using the client’s approved brand assets and content requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design direction establishes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter header treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEditorial hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection-title styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypography system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDividers and supporting elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosing and footer presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client approves the visual direction before the complete reusable structure is finalized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA substantially different concept requested after approval is considered a new design direction and is outside the included revision scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate a Reusable Editorial Structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe organize the newsletter so future editions can follow a consistent and recognizable structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe framework may include recurring elements such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdition date or number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpening message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured story\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany news\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustry update\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort news items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service spotlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpcoming event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational resource\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient or employee spotlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial and contact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final structure is based on the client’s approved newsletter plan. It is designed to provide consistency without requiring every future edition to contain exactly the same amount of content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Ten Reusable Content Sections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to ten approved newsletter content sections in addition to the required Mailchimp footer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable sections may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreheader\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded newsletter header\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdition title and date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroductory message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured article\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage-and-text story\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-item news section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResource or article cards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent or announcement section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTestimonial or quotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCall-to-action banner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial and contact section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosing message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included quantity does not provide every example listed above. The client selects the sections most appropriate for the approved newsletter structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSections are created using supported Mailchimp content blocks so future text, images, and links can be replaced without redesigning the entire newsletter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply the Approved Brand Styling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe apply the client’s approved visual identity throughout the newsletter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand implementation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary and secondary colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeading and body typography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail-safe fallback fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton colors and shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection backgrounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDividers and spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting brand elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFont availability varies between email applications. Suitable fallback fonts may be used when the client’s primary font cannot be displayed consistently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service applies an existing brand identity. Logo design, complete brand development, custom illustration, and production of missing brand assets are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild the Newsletter in Mailchimp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe newsletter is built using the supported Mailchimp builder best suited to the approved structure and the client’s active account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe setup prioritizes practical editing through standard Mailchimp content blocks and layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom-scratch custom HTML development, advanced Mailchimp template-language coding, and complex conditional layouts are not included in this service. Those requirements may need Custom Mailchimp Email Template Design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed design is saved as a reusable newsletter template inside the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble One Sample Newsletter Issue\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use the finished template to assemble one sample newsletter issue with the client’s final approved content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sample issue can include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved newsletter copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to twelve client-provided images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadings and section labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons and destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard personalization fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired business and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sample issue demonstrates how the reusable sections should work together in an actual newsletter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide final copy, images, links, and instructions. Copywriting, major rewriting, research, translation, and creation of missing content are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Newsletter Links\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add and review the approved links included in the sample issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArticle links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent registration pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDownloadable resources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary call-to-action destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA supported “View this email in your browser” archive link can also be prepared where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final browser-based campaign page is created through the campaign process and may not function fully until the template is used in a Mailchimp campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Merge Tags and Footer Elements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare the newsletter for standard Mailchimp merge tags and required marketing-email footer information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe setup may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard name personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign archive link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported account information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must ensure that the business and audience information stored in Mailchimp is accurate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced personalization, conditional content, custom database fields, and integration-dependent data are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare the Responsive Layout\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the newsletter for practical presentation on desktop and mobile screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResponsive treatment may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStacking approved columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResizing compatible images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjusting section spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining readable text sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating touch-friendly buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserving the editorial hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the footer on smaller screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail applications use different rendering engines and may modify fonts, spacing, colors, images, and dark-mode presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical appearance across every email client, device, and dark-mode setting cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Newsletter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the sample issue is assembled, we complete one controlled test send to up to three client-provided email addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopy and image placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton and text links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge-tag placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic section editability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact-specific merge tags and dynamic content may not populate in an ordinary test email. Where applicable, these elements are reviewed using Mailchimp’s available preview settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal paid inbox-testing platforms and comprehensive testing across every version of Gmail, Outlook, Apple Mail, Yahoo, and other email applications are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSave the Reusable Newsletter Template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved newsletter design is saved inside the client’s Mailchimp account as one reusable template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReusable design elements are separated from the sample issue’s message-specific content wherever the selected builder allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuture newsletter editions can then begin with the saved structure instead of being designed from the beginning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional newsletter editions, monthly content replacement, ongoing production, and campaign launches require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinal Editing Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a practical handoff identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe final newsletter template name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sample issue draft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe builder used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe reusable sections included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe areas intended for editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe recommended image dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe standard section order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe test status at delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny known platform limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe next steps required before launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, newsletter template, client-provided content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active Mailchimp plan supporting the approved setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne clear newsletter purpose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe expected publishing frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe preferred newsletter name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved brand guidelines or design references\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal logo and brand files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal copy for one sample issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to twelve final image files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate business and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three addresses for the test send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback and approvals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork begins after all required access, content, assets, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 7–10 business days after all required materials and access are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved design direction and original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded revisions may adjust colors, typography, spacing, image placement, section styling, or reasonable content formatting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA new design direction, different newsletter structure, replacement sample issue, additional template, or additional newsletter edition is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one newsletter template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one initial design direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than ten reusable content sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one sample newsletter issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than twelve client-provided images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML template development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced conditional or dynamic content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter strategy or editorial calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or extensive copy editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArticle writing or content research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand identity or logo design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom illustration or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced image editing or animation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslation or localization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience import, cleanup, or segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms or website integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign recipient configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign scheduling or live sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomated customer journeys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM, e-commerce, API, or analytics integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal paid inbox-rendering platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing newsletter production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerformance reporting or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed rendering in every email application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement, opens, clicks, or conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825115586843,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_30_09PM.png?v=1787801427"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-welcome-email-automation","title":"Mailchimp Welcome Email Automation","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Welcome Email Automation is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one audience, one new-subscriber signup trigger, and one automated welcome email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes trigger configuration, one immediate or fixed-delay timing rule, email assembly using an existing template or standard Mailchimp layout, sender and subject settings, testing, two consolidated revision rounds, activation, and a practical handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service creates a single automated welcome message. A multi-email welcome sequence, conditional journey, or advanced customer lifecycle automation requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDefine the Welcome Objective\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the intended purpose of the welcome email before configuring the automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe message may be used to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome a new subscriber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce the business\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplain what future emails will contain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeliver an approved resource\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent a discount or introductory offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect the subscriber to important website content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncourage a first purchase or inquiry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvite the subscriber to update their preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce a primary product or service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEstablish the next expected step\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide one clear objective and one primary call to action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete customer-journey strategy, offer development, and multi-stage funnel planning are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Signup Source\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing source through which new contacts enter the selected Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved source may be:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Mailchimp-hosted signup form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn embedded Mailchimp form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Mailchimp landing page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA supported website signup connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother existing signup source recognized by the selected automation trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe signup source must already be operational and correctly adding subscribed contacts to the selected audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSignup form design, website installation, integration troubleshooting, and creation of additional signup sources are handled separately through Mailchimp Signup Forms \u0026amp; Website Integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure One New-Subscriber Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one automation trigger designed for new subscribed contacts entering the approved audience through the selected signup process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger is reviewed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect audience selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect signup event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate contact status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported entry source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic entry conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry behavior where available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePossible conflicts with existing automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automation is intended for eligible new subscribers after activation. Existing contacts and contacts imported before or after activation may not enter a flow configured specifically for new signups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual enrollment of historical contacts, bulk entry into the automation, and creation of a separate campaign for existing subscribers are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Opt-In Process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review whether the selected audience uses single opt-in or double opt-in because this can affect when the welcome email is triggered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith double opt-in, a contact may need to confirm the subscription before becoming eligible for the automated welcome email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also review whether Mailchimp’s separate final welcome email is enabled for the selected audience. Where appropriate, the existing setting may be adjusted with client approval to prevent subscribers from receiving two similar welcome messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not provide legal advice or determine which opt-in method the client must use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Send Timing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved send-timing rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welcome email may send:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImmediately after the eligible signup event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter one approved fixed delay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe timing is selected according to the client’s approved subscriber experience and the features available in the active Mailchimp plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple wait steps, time-based branches, different schedules for different contacts, send-time optimization, and advanced contact-frequency controls are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble the Welcome Email\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one automated email using an existing Mailchimp template or a standard Mailchimp layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welcome email can contain up to six approved content sections, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreheader\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded header\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome headline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroductory message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness or service introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured benefit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDownload or offer section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial and contact links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosing message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final section structure is selected according to the approved content. The included quantity does not provide every example listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom template design and from-scratch HTML development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd the Approved Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the client’s final approved copy and up to six client-provided images into the automated email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic content implementation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormatting headings and paragraphs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying existing brand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining a clear content hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding basic alternative text supplied or approved by the client\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide complete content before email assembly begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, major rewriting, translation, stock-image research, custom graphics, and production of missing content are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Sender and Inbox Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure and review the primary sender information for the automated email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne subject line and one preview-text version are refined using the client’s approved welcome content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sending address must be verified and available inside Mailchimp. Domain authentication or DNS configuration required before activation is outside this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Merge Tags and Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare the email for standard Mailchimp merge tags supported by the selected audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reasonable fallback can be configured for an approved first-name greeting when the required data is missing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced conditional content, complex personalization, custom audience-field reconstruction, and integration-dependent data are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Links, Tracking, and Replies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add and review the approved email links and available tracking settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText hyperlinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Google Analytics tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Mailchimp Inbox settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoogle Analytics and other external services must already be correctly connected if they are expected to receive automation data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegration installation, attribution configuration, custom event tracking, and reporting dashboards are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Required Footer Elements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe confirm that the welcome email contains the required Mailchimp marketing-email footer elements available from the selected audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther required audience details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide accurate business and audience information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal advice and jurisdiction-specific compliance review are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Mobile-Readiness Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the welcome email using Mailchimp’s available desktop and mobile preview tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious mobile-formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail applications may display fonts, spacing, colors, images, and dark-mode styling differently. Identical rendering across every device and inbox application cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Automation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled signup test using up to three client-provided unique email addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test reviews:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntry into the selected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomation trigger behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfigured timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail delivery status visible in Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender and subject presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopy and image placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton and text links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge-tag behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting requires unique addresses that are not already subscribed to the selected audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party form problems, integration delays, mailbox filtering, and conditions outside the Mailchimp account may affect testing and are not controlled by KizilCo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate the Welcome Automation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the client provides final written approval, we activate the automation inside the Mailchimp account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approval must confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe signup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe automation trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe send timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe subject line and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe email content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce activated, eligible new subscribers can begin entering the automation according to the configured trigger and Mailchimp’s platform rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges requested after activation may require the automation to be paused and are outside the original revision scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe automation name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe configured trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe send timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe email included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe test status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe activation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny known limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe location of the automation report\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical instructions for pausing or reviewing the automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, automation, audience, content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active plan supporting the approved automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne configured audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne working signup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne clear welcome objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to six final image files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name and sending address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate business and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three unique addresses for testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account must be in good standing and technically able to send automated marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, content, assets, and signup information are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the original one-email automation scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement email, different trigger, additional signup source, new audience, additional automation step, or materially different welcome strategy is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClient delays, plan limitations, audience problems, domain issues, third-party integration failures, or missing approvals may extend the delivery timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one automation flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one automated email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple entry triggers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple timing paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-email welcome sequences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting-contact campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual enrollment of historical contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience import or cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form creation or website installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or extensive copy editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom graphics, illustration, or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslation or localization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication or DNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce, CRM, API, or custom event triggers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct recommendations or purchase data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B or multivariate testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional test cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing automation monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed performance reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed entry of every contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed opens, clicks, sales, or conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825143963931,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_18_26PM.png?v=1787800719"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-marketing-automation-flow-setup","title":"Mailchimp Marketing Automation Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Marketing Automation Flow Setup is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one audience, one primary entry trigger, and one multi-step marketing automation flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to three automated emails and up to twelve configured flow steps after the trigger. These steps may include email actions, time delays, conditional splits, tag or group actions, and supported contact-field updates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service also includes controlled testing, two consolidated revision rounds, activation, and an implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced e-commerce automations, abandoned-cart flows, API-triggered journeys, SMS automation, and custom multi-system workflows require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDefine One Automation Objective\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe begin by defining one primary objective for the automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow may be structured for one use case, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-email subscriber onboarding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead-nurture follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService onboarding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational email sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResource-delivery sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTag-based follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroup-based communication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDate-based reminders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer re-engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal contact classification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement between approved audience stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify the intended contacts, desired outcome, required content, and final action the contact should take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete lifecycle strategy, funnel development, and creation of multiple unrelated automation objectives are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Audience and Data Readiness\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing Mailchimp audience and the data required to support the approved flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDate fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable campaign activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting automation conflicts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData required by the selected trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData required by conditional rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client’s audience must already contain the fields, tags, groups, and contact information required for the approved logic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAudience import, extensive cleanup, data enrichment, consent collection, custom-field reconstruction, and integration-based data synchronization are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap the Automation Flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore building the automation, we prepare one practical flow map showing how eligible contacts should move from entry to completion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe map identifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe primary trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntry requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional decisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact-management actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompletion points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny supported exit behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved map becomes the foundation for implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA materially different flow structure requested after approval is outside the included revision scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure One Primary Entry Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved trigger that adds eligible contacts to the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the available Mailchimp features and existing audience data, the trigger may be based on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail signup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTag addition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroup membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience-field change\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirthday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecurring date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual addition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother supported contact activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger is configured for one audience and one approved entry event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple triggers, e-commerce triggers, website behavioral tracking, custom API events, and third-party application triggers are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContacts already stored in the audience will not necessarily enter the flow automatically. Eligibility depends on the selected trigger, flow settings, contact status, activation time, and Mailchimp’s platform rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Entry and Re-Entry Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere supported, we review whether eligible contacts should enter the flow once or be allowed to re-enter after completing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected behavior is configured according to the approved use case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRepeated entry can cause contacts to receive the same messages more than once. The client must approve any re-entry setting before activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex frequency controls, multiple re-entry windows, and coordination across several active automations are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Three Automated Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to three automated emails within the approved flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach email is assembled using an existing Mailchimp template or standard Mailchimp layout and may contain up to six approved content sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic email implementation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to six client-provided images per email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadings and paragraphs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting brand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic mobile formatting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom template design, from-scratch HTML development, copywriting, major rewriting, translation, and production of missing creative assets are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Email Sender and Inbox Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure and review the primary sender information for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne subject line and one preview-text version are refined for each included email using the client’s approved content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sending address must be verified and available inside Mailchimp. Domain authentication or DNS configuration is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Three Time Delays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to three approved time-delay rules to control when contacts move to the next step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelays may be used to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait before the first email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate messages in a sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow time for a response\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrevent messages from arriving too close together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoordinate follow-up with an approved date or activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach delay uses one approved duration supported by the selected flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced send-time optimization, individual contact scheduling, business-hours logic, and multiple alternative delay paths are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Two Conditional Splits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to two conditional split rules where the approved automation requires different paths for different contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConditions may be based on available information such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail interaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported segmentation data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected conditions must already exist and contain usable information in the audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking limitations and recipient privacy features can affect the accuracy of open-based or engagement-based conditions. KizilCo cannot guarantee that every contact will be classified exactly as expected when the underlying data is incomplete or unavailable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePercentage splits, complex experiments, nested decision trees, and more than two conditional split rules are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Contact-Management Actions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to four supported contact-management actions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved actions may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove a tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a contact to a group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove a contact from a group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdate a supported audience field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese actions can help identify a contact’s progress or prepare the contact for another approved business process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreation of new database architecture, synchronization with an external CRM, destructive contact actions, archiving, unsubscribing, and custom API updates are not included unless separately approved and purchased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Links, Tracking, and Footer Elements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add and review the approved links and available tracking settings for the included emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText hyperlinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Google Analytics tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired unsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name and physical address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal tracking services must already be correctly connected if they are expected to receive automation data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom analytics, attribution modeling, integration installation, and dashboard development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Mobile-Readiness Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach included email is reviewed using Mailchimp’s available desktop and mobile preview tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge-tag placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious mobile-formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail applications may display fonts, spacing, colors, images, and dark-mode styling differently. Identical rendering across every device and inbox application cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete controlled test sends of the included emails to up to three client-provided addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail testing covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject and preview presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopy and image placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton and text links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact-specific merge tags and dynamic content may not populate in ordinary test emails. Where applicable, these elements are reviewed using Mailchimp’s available preview settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Flow Logic\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled review of the automation’s trigger, paths, delays, and actions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the trigger and account configuration permit, the flow is tested with up to three client-provided test contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong delay periods may be shortened temporarily during testing and restored to their approved values before activation. Some conditions may require structural validation when the real-world event cannot be reproduced safely during the project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party data delays, mailbox filtering, missing contact information, and external integration behavior are outside KizilCo’s control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eObtain Final Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, the client must provide written approval confirming:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe entry trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe flow structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe email content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe subject lines and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe conditional rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact-management actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe links and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce approved, the flow is considered ready for activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges to an active flow may require the complete flow or an individual step to be paused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate the Automation Flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter final written approval, we activate the automation inside the client’s Mailchimp account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEligible contacts can begin entering and moving through the flow according to the approved trigger, rules, actions, and Mailchimp’s platform behavior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContacts already progressing through the flow may be affected differently when an active flow is later edited, paused, or restarted. Post-activation changes and ongoing flow management are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe flow name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe primary trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe configured flow steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe included emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe conditional rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe test status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe activation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny known limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe location of available reports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical instructions for pausing or reviewing the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, automation, audience, emails, content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active plan supporting the approved flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne prepared audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved automation objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe required audience fields, tags, and groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA working source for the selected trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy for up to three emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to six final images per email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name and sending address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate business and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three unique test contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account must be in good standing and technically able to send the approved automated emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 10–15 business days after all required access, content, assets, audience data, and flow instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved flow map and original quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA different trigger, additional email, additional branch, new automation objective, replacement content set, or materially different flow structure is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClient delays, plan limitations, missing data, audience problems, domain issues, third-party failures, and incomplete approvals may extend the delivery timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one automation flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one primary entry trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three automated emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than twelve configured steps after the trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three time-delay rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two conditional split rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four contact-management actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced nested decision trees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePercentage-split experiments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience import, cleanup, or enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent collection or legal compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form creation or website integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or extensive copy editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom graphics, illustration, or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslation or localization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication or DNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce or abandoned-cart automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM, API, custom-event, or application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B or multivariate testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple test cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing automation monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-activation optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed performance reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed entry or classification of every contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed opens, clicks, sales, or conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825158611227,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_36_45PM.png?v=1787801819"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-e-commerce-automation-setup","title":"Mailchimp E-commerce Automation Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp E-commerce Automation Setup is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one audience, one already connected supported e-commerce store, and one approved shopping-related automation flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one shopping-activity trigger, up to three automated emails, up to twelve configured steps after the trigger, time delays, conditional rules, supported contact actions, purchase-aware content, controlled testing, two consolidated revision rounds, activation, and implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service configures one e-commerce automation use case. It does not create every available store automation or replace the store’s transactional email system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm the Store Connection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore automation work begins, we review the visible status of one existing Mailchimp e-commerce connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnected Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegration status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent sync activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable customer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable order history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopping events required by the selected trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting e-commerce automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious data-readiness concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe connected store must already be sending the required data to Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling a new store integration, developing a custom API connection, repairing historical synchronization, changing checkout code, rebuilding product feeds, or troubleshooting unrelated store problems is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect One E-commerce Automation Objective\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved e-commerce automation objective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable objectives may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbandoned-cart recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-purchase follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny-product purchase follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific-product purchase follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer win-back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-since-last-purchase follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct review request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase-based customer tagging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother supported shopping-activity follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable use cases depend on the connected platform, active Mailchimp plan, synced store data, contact status, and supported triggers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder confirmations, shipping notifications, invoices, cancellations, refunds, and other transactional notification systems are outside this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap the E-commerce Flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare one practical flow map before implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe map identifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe shopping-activity trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntry requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact-management actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase or cart information used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompletion points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported exit behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved map becomes the implementation baseline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA different e-commerce objective or substantially different flow structure requested after approval requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure One Shopping-Activity Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved trigger using data supplied by the connected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger may be based on a supported event such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbandons cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbandons cart with selected products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuys any product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuys a specific product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime since last purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer churn risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePredicted purchase timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEligibility for a review request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother supported store event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome triggers require specific store integrations, sufficient historical data, predictive features, or particular Mailchimp plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn abandoned-cart trigger cannot be combined with another entry trigger inside the same Mailchimp flow. If abandoned cart is selected, the automation will use that event as its only entry trigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Contact Eligibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review how contact status affects the selected automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecipient eligibility may depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscribed status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-subscribed customer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe type of email being sent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of emails in the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe connected-store integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp’s platform rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an abandoned-cart flow, Mailchimp may allow an eligible customer to receive the initial cart message even if the contact is not subscribed to ongoing marketing. Additional marketing emails generally require the contact to have an eligible subscribed status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for recipient permission, marketing practices, and legal compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsent collection and legal review are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Three Automated Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to three emails inside the approved e-commerce automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach email is assembled using an existing Mailchimp template or supported standard layout and may contain up to six approved content sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic implementation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to six client-provided images per email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadings and paragraphs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons and destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting brand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant store content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic mobile formatting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom template design, from-scratch HTML development, copywriting, translation, and production of missing creative assets are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Product or Cart Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere supported by the selected trigger, we configure the appropriate Mailchimp e-commerce content blocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbandoned cart contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn-to-cart button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchased-product information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported store data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn abandoned-cart email must use the required Mailchimp cart content and return-to-cart functionality. Custom-coded templates may not be compatible with that email type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct information is supplied by the connected store. KizilCo does not manually recreate or repair incorrect product data inside the automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Offer or Discount Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA client-provided promotional offer or existing discount code can be placed in the approved emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal discount code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpiration information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEligible products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired disclaimers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreation of store discounts, unique discount-code systems, inventory rules, checkout logic, and offer profitability analysis are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not guarantee that a discount will apply correctly unless the client has already created and tested it inside the store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Three Time Delays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to three approved time-delay rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTime delays may be used to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait before the first recovery email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate follow-up messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow time for a purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid sending several emails too quickly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl the pace of a post-purchase sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEstablish a customer win-back period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected delay values depend on the approved use case and the options available in Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced send-time optimization and individual customer scheduling are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Two Conditional Splits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to two supported conditional split rules where different customer paths are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConditions may use available data such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase completion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct purchased\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported store or contact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConditional accuracy depends on the completeness and timing of the data received from the connected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced nested decision trees, predictive modeling, percentage-split experiments, and more than two conditional splits are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Contact-Management Actions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to three supported tag or contact-update actions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese actions may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a customer tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove a customer tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdate an approved audience field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify completion of the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark an approved lifecycle stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreation of a new CRM architecture, synchronization with an external CRM, contact deletion, archiving, unsubscribing, and custom API updates are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Sender and Inbox Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure and review the primary sender settings for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne subject line and one preview-text version are refined for each email using the client’s approved content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sending address must be verified and available inside Mailchimp. Domain authentication and DNS configuration are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Links, Tracking, and Footer Elements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add and review the approved links and available tracking settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn-to-cart links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText hyperlinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting e-commerce tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Google Analytics tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired unsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp and the store must already be correctly connected for purchase and revenue reporting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom attribution, analytics integration, reporting dashboards, and revenue reconciliation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Mobile-Readiness Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach included email is reviewed using Mailchimp’s available desktop and mobile preview tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and cart presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious mobile-formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRendering may differ between email clients, devices, and dark-mode settings. Identical appearance in every inbox cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete controlled test sends of the included emails to up to three client-provided addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail testing covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject and preview presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopy and image placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton and text links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or cart content where testable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDynamic cart, order, and product information may not populate in an ordinary test email. A controlled store event may be required to verify the complete behavior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete One Controlled Store-Action Test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith client approval, we complete one controlled test using the selected store action where technically practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test may involve:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating and abandoning a test cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompleting a test purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchasing an approved test product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying an approved test tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming that an eligible store event reaches Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the flow entry and next action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide any required test account, test product, payment method, discount, and written permission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct costs, taxes, payment-processing fees, shipping charges, refunds, and store-side order cancellation remain the client’s responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome long-term triggers, predictive events, and historical purchase conditions cannot be reproduced during a short implementation project. Those conditions may be validated structurally instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrevent Duplicate Store Automations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the visible account and connected store for an obvious existing automation that could send a duplicate message for the same event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere an obvious conflict is identified, we notify the client before activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisabling or modifying an automation outside Mailchimp requires client approval and may be outside the service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo cannot identify undisclosed automations operating through another application, custom system, or separate account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eObtain Final Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, the client must provide written approval confirming:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe connected store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe shopping trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe flow structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe email content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe conditional rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product or cart content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe links and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce approved, the flow is considered ready for activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate the Automation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter final written approval, we activate the e-commerce automation inside the client’s Mailchimp account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEligible store contacts can begin entering the flow according to the approved trigger, their contact status, available store data, and Mailchimp’s platform rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges to triggers, rules, and actions after activation may require the flow to be paused. Post-activation modification and ongoing management are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe automation name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe connected store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe shopping trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe configured steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe included emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe conditional rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe test status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe activation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny known limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe location of available reports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical instructions for pausing or reviewing the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account, automation, store data, audience, emails, and client-owned business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the selected store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne already connected supported store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active Mailchimp plan supporting the approved flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne prepared Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible and current product and order data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved e-commerce objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy for up to three emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to six final images per email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete product and destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name and sending address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate business and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three unique test addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission to complete one controlled store action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mailchimp account and connected store must be in good standing and technically able to produce the selected e-commerce event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 10–15 business days after all required access, content, assets, store data, and automation instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved flow map and original quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA different store, additional trigger, additional email, new e-commerce objective, replacement content set, or materially different flow structure is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegration failures, missing product data, delayed store events, plan limitations, client approvals, domain problems, and third-party technical issues may extend the delivery timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp or e-commerce platform fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one connected store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore integration installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom API development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical data synchronization or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout or theme-code modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp Site Tracking Pixel installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-feed reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one e-commerce automation flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one shopping-activity trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three automated emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than twelve configured steps after the trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three time-delay rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two conditional split rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three contact-update actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransactional order notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or extensive copy editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom graphics, illustration, or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnique discount-code development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience import, cleanup, or consent collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM, analytics, or external application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple test transactions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing automation monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-activation optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed revenue or attribution reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed recovery of abandoned carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed revenue, delivery, opens, clicks, or conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825168572699,"sku":null,"price":1299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug26_2026_11_10_26PM.png?v=1787800245"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-shopify-woocommerce-integration","title":"Mailchimp Shopify \u0026 WooCommerce Integration","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Shopify \u0026amp; WooCommerce Integration is a fixed-scope technical service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one prepared audience, and one Shopify or WooCommerce store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes installation of the official Mailchimp app or plugin, account authorization, audience selection, customer and contact settings, product and order synchronization, up to five standard field mappings, supported tag and site-tracking settings, initial sync validation, one controlled store test, two consolidated revision rounds, and an implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service covers either Shopify or WooCommerce. Connecting both platforms or multiple stores requires separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm the Selected Platform\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore configuration begins, the client must select one supported store platform:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooCommerce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe implementation process differs between the two platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, the connection uses the official Mailchimp for Shopify application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, the connection uses the official Mailchimp for WooCommerce plugin installed within an existing WordPress and WooCommerce environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom storefronts, headless commerce systems, custom APIs, and platforms other than Shopify or WooCommerce are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Platform Readiness\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one practical review of the selected store before installing the integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, the review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore administrator access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Mailchimp application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected customer audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting store tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout marketing-consent setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive theme and app-embed access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Mailchimp-related automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious duplicate integration concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, the review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWordPress administrator access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive WooCommerce installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Mailchimp plugin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWordPress and WooCommerce versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic hosting compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable plugin permissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting integration settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious plugin or synchronization concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for maintaining a current website and database backup before WooCommerce plugin installation or configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWordPress updates, PHP updates, server configuration, hosting changes, theme repairs, and general WooCommerce maintenance are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Existing Mailchimp Connections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the visible Mailchimp account for an existing Shopify, WooCommerce, legacy, or duplicate store connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn incorrect duplicate connection can result in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConflicting contact statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple stores sending data to one audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncomplete product information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeated automation messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfusing attribution or revenue data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere an obvious conflict is identified, we notify the client before proceeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving a legacy integration, migrating historical data, reconnecting multiple stores, and rebuilding existing automations are not included unless separately purchased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstall the Official Integration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, we install and authorize the official Mailchimp for Shopify application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, we install, activate, and authorize the official Mailchimp for WooCommerce plugin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing requested permissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnecting the store to the approved Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthorizing the integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting one Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the initial synchronization options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting the approved connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party or unofficial Mailchimp connectors are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConnect One Mailchimp Audience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe connect the selected store to one prepared Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connection, we confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe audience name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact-status expectations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting fields relevant to the integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting tags or groups relevant to store contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreating a new audience structure, merging several audiences, or reorganizing an existing Mailchimp database requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Customer and Contact Synchronization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the approved customer synchronization options available for the selected platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe configuration may determine whether the integration synchronizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew store customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting store customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers who accepted marketing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-subscribed customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Mailchimp contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAddresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported customer fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide written instructions describing which customers have permission to receive marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchase history does not automatically establish marketing consent. Customers who have not provided marketing permission may be synchronized as non-subscribed contacts and may not be eligible for regular marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not manually resubscribe unsubscribed, cleaned, or non-subscribed contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Opt-In Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available marketing opt-in settings associated with the selected integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, this may include reviewing the checkout marketing-signup option and the contact types selected for synchronization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, this may include selecting whether existing customers should initially sync as subscribed, non-subscribed, or only when they already exist in the selected Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for selecting an option supported by its actual consent records and business requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsent collection, legal interpretation, privacy-policy creation, and compliance certification are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Five Data-Field Mappings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review up to five supported standard field mappings between the selected store and Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved fields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAddress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirthday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother supported standard customer field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source data and destination Mailchimp field must use compatible formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom data transformation, field reconstruction, advanced conditional mapping, or mapping through an external application is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Shopify Tag Synchronization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a Shopify connection, we can configure one supported customer-tag synchronization option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe setup may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSynchronizing all eligible Shopify customer tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting up to ten approved Shopify customer tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing how synchronized tags appear in Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming that future tag changes can continue syncing where supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex tag rules, historical tag reconstruction, custom tagging logic, and automated tag-based journeys are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWooCommerce does not necessarily provide the same tag-sync functionality available through Mailchimp for Shopify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Product and Order Synchronization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the integration to synchronize supported commerce information from the selected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable data may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProducts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct prices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder totals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable shopping activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther data supported by the official integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis synchronized information can provide the technical foundation for future e-commerce campaigns, purchase-based segments, product content, and marketing automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not manually rebuild incorrect products, orders, customer records, or historical store information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Site Tracking Where Supported\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the built-in Mailchimp site-tracking option available through the selected integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, this includes reviewing the Mailchimp application embed and confirming that the supported site-tracking setting is enabled where approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, we review the available site-tracking setting provided by the installed integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSite tracking may allow supported customer activity to become available for segmentation and automation after the connection begins collecting data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom JavaScript installation, custom event development, Google Tag Manager configuration, consent-banner modification, and historical behavioral tracking are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking remains subject to browser privacy controls, cookie consent, platform policies, and visitor identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Existing Automations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review visible Mailchimp welcome, abandoned-cart, or order-related automations that could be affected by the new store connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere appropriate and approved, an affected Mailchimp automation may be paused before the initial synchronization to reduce the risk of duplicate or unintended messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRebuilding, migrating, replicating, testing, or reactivating existing automations is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomations operating through Shopify, WooCommerce, another application, or an undisclosed external system may not be visible from Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStart the Initial Synchronization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the settings are approved, we initiate the initial store synchronization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integration may begin transferring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProducts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther available commerce information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInitial synchronization time depends on the number of customers, products, orders, and other records in the store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge stores, hosting limitations, plugin conflicts, platform rate limits, and third-party delays may extend the synchronization period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Initial Sync\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the initial synchronization has progressed, we review the visible integration status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe validation covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnected store name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible customer count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible product count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible order count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact-status behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved field mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved tag synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSite-tracking status where supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent integration activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious synchronization errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service validates a representative sample of synchronized information. It does not include a record-by-record audit of the entire store database.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete One Controlled Store Test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled test using a client-approved action where technically practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating one test customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmitting one approved marketing signup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating one test customer record\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying one approved Shopify customer tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating or reviewing one approved test order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming that the corresponding information appears in Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide permission, any required test product, and an appropriate payment or discount method if a test purchase is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct costs, taxes, shipping, transaction fees, refunds, and order cancellation remain the client’s responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Integration Activity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available activity or diagnostic information provided by the installed integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, this may include recent Mailchimp application activity and synchronization status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, this may include the plugin’s visible sync status, logs, or supported diagnostic information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard restart or in-scope synchronization retry is included when the initial issue is caused by an approved configuration setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHosting failures, plugin conflicts, theme conflicts, API errors, corrupted store data, and platform-level problems may require separate troubleshooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe connected platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe connected store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact types configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved field mappings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tag settings where applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe site-tracking status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe initial sync status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe controlled test result\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved platform limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe store, Mailchimp account, customer data, order information, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to Shopify or WordPress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active Shopify or WooCommerce store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne prepared Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission to install the official integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate marketing-consent instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved customer-sync settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to five requested field mappings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to ten selected Shopify tags where applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission to initiate the initial synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission to complete one controlled store test\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny required test product or discount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the completed connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWooCommerce clients must also provide a hosting environment that meets the current WooCommerce and Mailchimp plugin requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–10 business days after all required access, information, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInitial synchronization may continue beyond the standard implementation period when the store contains a large number of customers, products, or orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated correction rounds are included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remain within the original integration scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA second store, different audience, platform migration, historical synchronization repair, or materially different integration configuration is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify subscription, application, or transaction fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWordPress hosting, plugin, or extension fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnecting both Shopify and WooCommerce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegacy integration migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom API or webhook development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom data transformation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five field mappings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than ten selected Shopify tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWordPress, PHP, WooCommerce, or theme updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite backups or database restoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosting or server configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlugin or theme conflict resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout or theme-code modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom consent-banner configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom tracking scripts or events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical data reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer or product database cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact deduplication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribing restricted contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign or email template creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransactional order notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed analytics or attribution setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing sync monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed synchronization of every historical record\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825305346331,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug27_2026_12_08_55AM.png?v=1787803759"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-migration-service","title":"Mailchimp Migration Service","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Migration Service is a fixed-scope service for one business, one source email marketing platform, one Mailchimp account, one primary Mailchimp audience, and up to 10,000 email contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes source-account review, data export coordination, contact-status separation, file preparation, audience-field mapping, tags, groups, saved segments, contact import, transfer of selected client-owned assets, recreation of one basic reusable email template, migration validation, two consolidated revision rounds, a cutover plan, and implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include SMS migration, automation rebuilding, campaign-history transfer, or migration from multiple source platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm the Source Platform\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing email marketing platform selected by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source may be a supported platform such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant Contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrevo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActiveCampaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHubSpot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZoho Campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign Monitor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGetResponse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAWeber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother platform with usable export tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source platform must provide access to the contact, status, field, and organization data required for the approved migration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom database extraction, undocumented APIs, direct server access, and development of custom export tools are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish the Migration Plan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore exporting data, we establish one practical migration plan identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe target Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe target audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe available contact statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields to preserve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe existing lists or categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe proposed Mailchimp tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe proposed groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe saved segments to recreate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe email design selected for recreation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved migration date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe final cutover sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client approves the migration plan before final data preparation begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA materially different audience structure requested after approval is outside the included revision scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Source Account\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one practical review of the source email marketing account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounced or undeliverable addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppression information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable custom fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting categories or tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne selected email design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable client-owned images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting automations and scheduled campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review identifies what can be transferred within the service scope and what must remain in the source platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish a Data Freeze\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the final export, the client must approve a temporary data freeze or provide a clearly defined migration cutoff time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the final migration window, the client should avoid:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImporting new contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEditing large numbers of contact records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenaming lists or fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanging marketing statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaunching new campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivating new automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAltering the selected source template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges made after the final export may not appear in Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA second full export and migration caused by continued source-account changes is treated as a separate import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExport the Approved Contact Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe export or coordinate the export of the approved contact information available from the source platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe export may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAddress information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved custom fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported client data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must have legal ownership of the exported data and permission to transfer it into Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eData unavailable through the source platform’s normal export tools cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeparate Contact Statuses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe separate the available contacts according to their source-platform marketing status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe migration may distinguish:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-subscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounced or undeliverable contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppressed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContacts with unclear status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp recommends keeping subscribed, unsubscribed, and cleaned or undeliverable records separate when switching providers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere Mailchimp does not offer an identical destination status, undeliverable or suppressed addresses may be imported as unsubscribed or added through another appropriate suppression method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContacts with missing or unclear permission are not automatically treated as subscribed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Unsubscribe and Suppression Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting unsubscribe requests must remain respected after migration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare the available unsubscribe and suppression data so restricted contacts are not unintentionally imported as active marketing subscribers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove unsubscribe history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribe restricted contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvert unclear contacts into subscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfer consent from purchase history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetermine legal permission on the client’s behalf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA contact who wants to receive marketing again must complete an appropriate opt-in process supported by Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare the Migration Files\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare the approved source exports for Mailchimp import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic preparation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing column headings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving empty rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimming obvious extra spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying visibly duplicated email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparating contact-status files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandardizing approved field headings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing one tag column\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing basic email formatting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConverting files to a supported CSV format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizing fields for Mailchimp mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include third-party email verification, data enrichment, manual contact research, or major database reconstruction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure One Primary Mailchimp Audience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review one primary Mailchimp audience for the migration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe setup may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic contact defaults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp generally works best when contacts are maintained in one primary audience and organized with fields, tags, groups, and segments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreating several duplicate audiences is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap Up to Twenty Audience Fields\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create or map up to twenty approved source fields into the Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAddress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirthday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved custom information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSource data must be compatible with the selected Mailchimp field type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex data transformation, relational records, unsupported field types, and custom database development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRebuild Up to Twenty Tags\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create and apply up to twenty approved Mailchimp tags based on the source platform’s existing lists, labels, or internal classifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTags may identify contacts by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal source list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImport source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved internal classification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final tag structure is designed to remain practical and understandable after migration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Two Group Categories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere appropriate, we configure up to two Mailchimp group categories containing up to ten total group options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGroups may be used for preferences or interests that contacts can manage through supported Mailchimp forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal classifications that contacts do not need to manage are normally converted into tags instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom preference-center development and migration of unsupported preference logic are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRebuild Up to Five Saved Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recreate up to five practical saved segments using the information available after import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSegments may be based on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther migrated data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical open, click, conversion, and engagement information from the source platform may not be available in Mailchimp and cannot be used for equivalent segments unless the required data is portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImport Up to 10,000 Contacts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete the approved status-separated imports into one Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe migration can add new contacts and update supported fields for existing contacts where approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp may reject, skip, or restrict individual records because of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvalid email formatting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting unsubscribe status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaned addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrevious abuse complaints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMissing required information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact limits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther import conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not guarantee that every source record will be accepted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransfer Up to Twenty-Five Content Assets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe transfer up to twenty-five approved client-owned assets into the Mailchimp Content Studio or appropriate template location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssets may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIcons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved promotional graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther client-owned email assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must confirm ownership or usage rights for every transferred asset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStock-image licensing, image redesign, advanced compression, animation, and creation of missing assets are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecreate One Basic Email Template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recreate one existing source-platform email design as a basic reusable Mailchimp template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recreation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic typography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard content sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile-friendly layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is recreated using standard Mailchimp builder capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail platforms use different builders and rendering systems, so an exact pixel-for-pixel copy cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom HTML reconstruction, advanced interactive elements, conditional content, and multiple templates require a separate Custom Mailchimp Email Template Design service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Sender and Footer Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review the primary sender and required footer information in Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault From email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sending address must be verified and available in Mailchimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDomain authentication and DNS configuration are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Migration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the imports are completed, we review the visible Mailchimp results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe validation covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal source records submitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContacts added\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting contacts updated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContacts skipped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaved segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected contact profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransferred content assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecreated template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible import errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard correction and re-import attempt is included for records affected by an in-scope formatting or field-mapping issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Controlled Test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled test using the recreated template and up to three client-provided inboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test reviews:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemplate layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons and links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test does not constitute a live campaign launch to the migrated audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare the Cutover\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter validation, we provide a practical cutover checklist covering:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal Mailchimp audience status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemaining source-platform campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting source automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms still connected to the source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrations still sending data to the source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain-authentication status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended first campaign preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-account retention period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuggested cancellation timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client should not cancel the source platform until the migration has been reviewed and approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not cancel, delete, or close the source account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise migration summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe target Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of records submitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible import results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe statuses transferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields mapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tags created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe groups configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe saved segments created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe assets transferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe template recreated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved platform limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source account, Mailchimp account, contact data, templates, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator or export access to the source platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne prepared Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved source account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA final migration cutoff date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDocumented marketing permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate contact-status information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested fields, tags, groups, and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal logo and brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne email design selected for recreation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate sender and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three inboxes for controlled testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the completed migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must maintain active access to both platforms until the migration is approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 10–15 business days after all required access, information, assets, and final source data are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the original quantities and approved migration plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement source export, second platform, additional audience, materially different organization structure, or migration of additional assets is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSource-platform export delays, Mailchimp import restrictions, missing status data, large files, account limits, and client approvals may extend the delivery timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp or source-platform subscription fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one source platform or account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 10,000 email contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS contact migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than twenty audience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than twenty tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two group categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than ten total group options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five saved segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than twenty-five content assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one basic email template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML template development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical campaign transfer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical reports or analytics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical open or click activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomation or customer-journey migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form migration or website installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM, e-commerce, API, or application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication or DNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive campaign scheduling or sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party email verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData enrichment or manual research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMajor database cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribing restricted contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-account cancellation or deletion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed acceptance of every source contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53825308524827,"sku":null,"price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug27_2026_12_13_59AM.png?v=1787804050"},{"product_id":"monthly-mailchimp-management","title":"Monthly Mailchimp Management","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonthly Mailchimp Management is a recurring service for one business, one established Mailchimp account, and one primary audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to four regular email campaigns during each monthly billing period, campaign targeting, content assembly using existing templates, sender and tracking settings, testing, revisions, scheduling or launch, monitoring of up to two existing automation flows, one monthly audience-health review, one performance report, and one 30-minute review call.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service manages an existing Mailchimp foundation. Initial account setup, domain authentication, audience migration, custom template design, integrations, and new automation development are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAccount Readiness Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore monthly management begins, the Mailchimp account must have:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active Mailchimp plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne organized primary audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA verified and authenticated sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate sender and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt least one approved reusable email template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning unsubscribe process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-confirmed contact permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo unresolved sending suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo unresolved critical integration failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one basic readiness review at the beginning of service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemediation required to make the account operational is quoted separately and must be completed before regular campaign management begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Campaign Planning\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the beginning of each billing period, we coordinate the planned campaigns and requested send dates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client provides:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended recipients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequested send date and time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny required disclaimers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant campaign priority\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe organize the approved information into a practical monthly campaign schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete marketing strategy, editorial-calendar development, offer creation, and long-term campaign planning are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUp to Four Regular Email Campaigns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare up to four regular Mailchimp email campaigns per monthly billing period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach campaign may contain:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved audience or segment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne From name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne From email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne reply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne subject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne preview-text version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to eight content sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to ten client-provided images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved buttons and links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne scheduled or immediate send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampaign capacity is measured by individual Mailchimp sends. Sending separate versions to different audiences, segments, languages, or time zones counts as additional campaigns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUse Existing Templates\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampaigns are assembled using an existing approved Mailchimp template or a standard Mailchimp layout already available in the account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic implementation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormatting headings and paragraphs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying existing brand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining the established content hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding basic alternative text supplied or approved by the client\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom template creation, major redesign, HTML development, custom graphics, and new visual concepts are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient-Provided Campaign Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide complete campaign content at least five business days before the requested send date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequired materials may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal disclaimers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequested targeting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight proofreading, formatting, and reasonable subject-line or preview-text refinement are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull copywriting, article writing, extensive rewriting, translation, image sourcing, graphic design, and production of missing content are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Four Campaign Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or select up to four campaign segments per month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach segment may contain up to five approved conditions using existing Mailchimp data such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting purchase information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther available contact data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe necessary fields, tags, groups, and customer information must already exist and contain usable data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew audience architecture, advanced segmentation strategy, data enrichment, and major contact reorganization are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Sender and Inbox Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor every included campaign, we configure and review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese elements are checked for consistency with the approved campaign and authenticated sending identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple subject-line variations, A\/B testing, multivariate testing, and advanced subject-line analysis are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Links and Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add and review the approved campaign links and available tracking settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText hyperlinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Google Analytics tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting e-commerce tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign naming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable tracking parameters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal analytics, e-commerce, and CRM systems must already be correctly connected if they are expected to receive campaign data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom attribution, integration installation, event development, and dashboard creation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Required Footer Elements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery included campaign is reviewed for the required Mailchimp footer information available from the selected audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese elements may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopyright information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther required audience details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide accurate business and sender information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal advice and jurisdiction-specific compliance review are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMobile and Link Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore client approval, we review each campaign using Mailchimp’s available preview and testing tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard merge tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious broken or incorrect links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal paid inbox-rendering platforms and comprehensive testing across every email application are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControlled Test Sends\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach campaign includes one controlled test round sent to up to three client-provided inboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client reviews:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact-specific merge tags and dynamic content may not populate in ordinary test emails. Where applicable, those elements are reviewed using Mailchimp’s available preview settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCampaign Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to two consolidated revision rounds are included for each monthly campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded revisions may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopy replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink corrections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReasonable formatting changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject-line adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview-text adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegment correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScheduling correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement campaign objective, new design direction, complete content rewrite, or materially different audience strategy is not considered a revision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeedback must be consolidated into one response for each revision round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinal Written Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo campaign is scheduled or launched without the client’s final written approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproval must confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal recipients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSend date and time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for factual accuracy, prices, offers, claims, recipient permission, and legal compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCampaign Scheduling and Launch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach approved campaign can be scheduled for one future send time or launched as one immediate regular email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScheduling depends on the features available in the client’s active Mailchimp plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal approval should be received at least one business day before the requested send time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmergency launches, same-day campaign creation, weekend coordination, and after-hours scheduling are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce campaign delivery begins, content already sent cannot be recalled or edited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonitor Up to Two Existing Automation Flows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one monthly status review of up to two existing Mailchimp automation flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive or paused status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible recent activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious email-step errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible delivery problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic trigger activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable automation reports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious broken links reported by the client\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious duplicate-message concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe monitoring service does not include rebuilding automation logic, adding emails, changing triggers, creating branches, replacing entire content sets, or troubleshooting external integrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny required automation modification is quoted separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Audience-Health Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one basic monthly review of the primary audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal contact count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-subscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaned contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent audience growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounce activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbuse complaints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious duplicate-organization concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible stale-contact indicators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp account warnings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not archive, delete, unsubscribe, or otherwise remove contacts without explicit client approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge-scale cleanup, email verification, reconfirmation campaigns, and database reconstruction are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Performance Report\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives one concise monthly performance report covering the included campaigns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable metrics may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaigns sent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal recipients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuccessful deliveries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivery rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpens and open rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClicks and click rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop clicked links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbuse complaints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce revenue where existing tracking supports it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic comparison between the month’s campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical recommendations for the next billing period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen and click data can be affected by Apple Mail Privacy Protection, security scanners, automated bot activity, image blocking, and other privacy technologies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerformance data should therefore be evaluated alongside delivery, bounce, unsubscribe, conversion, and revenue information where available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Review Call\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one 30-minute remote review call per billing period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe call may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience-health observations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting automation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpcoming campaign priorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired client materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnused call time does not accumulate or roll over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional meetings, presentations, workshops, and stakeholder calls are billed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Workflow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard monthly workflow is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient provides campaign schedule and materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKizilCo prepares each campaign draft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient reviews the controlled test.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKizilCo completes the included revisions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient provides written approval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKizilCo schedules or launches the campaign.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKizilCo reviews audience and automation status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKizilCo provides the monthly report and review call.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClient delays may reduce the number of campaigns that can be completed within the billing period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active Mailchimp plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne organized primary audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn authenticated sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt least one approved reusable template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal campaign copy and images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate offer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequested targeting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate sender and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three addresses for test sends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal materials at least five business days before each send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsolidated revision feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before every launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely participation in the monthly review process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must maintain a Mailchimp account in good standing throughout the service period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Billing and Rollover\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service is billed monthly in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach billing period includes the quantities stated in this product description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnused campaigns, segments, revision rounds, test sends, automation reviews, reports, and calls expire at the end of the current billing period and do not roll over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork requested beyond the included monthly quantities is billed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial Mailchimp account setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication or DNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience migration or major import\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party email verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMajor database cleanup or enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four campaigns per month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four campaign segments per month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than eight content sections per campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than ten images per campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull campaign copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArticle or newsletter writing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom graphics, illustration, or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslation or localization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B or multivariate testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew marketing automation flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMajor automation modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce, CRM, API, or application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransactional email management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS marketing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding pages or signup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal paid inbox-rendering tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency or after-hours launches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed attribution modeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-platform management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed delivery or inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed open rates, clicks, revenue, or conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53829692850459,"sku":null,"price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug27_2026_04_47_30PM.png?v=1787863666"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-training-consultation","title":"Mailchimp Training \u0026 Consultation","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp Training \u0026amp; Consultation is a fixed-scope educational and advisory service for one business, one Mailchimp account, and up to three attendees from the same organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one 90-minute live remote session covering up to three client-selected Mailchimp topics, a screen-shared account walkthrough, practical answers, written recommendations, and limited follow-up support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service is designed for clients who want to understand their account, make better platform decisions, and learn how to complete common Mailchimp tasks with greater confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Pre-Session Questionnaire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the session, the client completes one concise questionnaire describing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe business and its marketing goals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe current Mailchimp plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe account’s present condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe team’s Mailchimp experience level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe three highest-priority topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific questions or workflow problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnected websites, stores, or applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny relevant campaigns, audiences, forms, or automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final questionnaire must be received before the session is scheduled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect Up to Three Training Topics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client may select up to three related topics for focused instruction during the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable topics may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp account navigation and settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience structure and contact management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags, groups, audience fields, and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import and update workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms and subscriber collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail templates and content builders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign setup, testing, scheduling, and sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom names, subject lines, preview text, and tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer Journeys and marketing automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome, follow-up, and engagement workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify or WooCommerce connection basics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce contacts and purchase data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign reports and performance metrics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic domain authentication and deliverability concepts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMigration planning and account organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures, interfaces, and available configuration options depend on the client’s Mailchimp plan, account permissions, connected applications, and stored data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequests covering more than three substantial topics may require an additional session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMailchimp Account Access Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe session can be completed through either of the following methods:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe client provides appropriate invited user or agency access to one Mailchimp account.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe client shares their screen and remains in control of the account throughout the session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client should never send a Mailchimp password, one-time authentication code, or other private login credential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf account access is not provided, the preliminary review will be based on the questionnaire, approved screenshots, and information supplied by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHigh-Level Account Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the meeting, we complete one high-level review of the supplied objectives and the areas of the account related to the selected topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the approved scope and available access, the review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant account and audience settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting tags, groups, fields, or segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail templates and recent campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting automation workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnected websites or e-commerce stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable reports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious workflow or organization concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a focused preparation review and not a comprehensive Mailchimp audit, deliverability investigation, data-quality analysis, or legal compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLive 90-Minute Remote Session\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one live remote consultation lasting up to 90 consecutive minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical session includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 minutes to confirm objectives and priorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 60 minutes of guided instruction and account walkthrough\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 20 minutes for questions and the next-step plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact timing may be adjusted during the meeting based on the selected topics and the client’s experience level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnused session time cannot be transferred to another appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eScreen-Shared Account Walkthrough\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the session, we explain the relevant Mailchimp tools directly within the client’s account or through a guided screen-sharing walkthrough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe walkthrough may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocating important settings and tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplaining how account elements work together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDemonstrating an appropriate workflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing existing configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying avoidable mistakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscussing practical organizational options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowing how to test work before publishing or sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnswering questions related to the approved topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is encouraged to take notes and ask questions throughout the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGuidance Versus Implementation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service provides training, explanation, recommendations, and guided demonstrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinor and reversible examples may be demonstrated when appropriate, but the session does not include completing a separate done-for-you project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will not use the consultation to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSend or schedule a live campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublish an unapproved signup form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivate a production automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImport or delete a contact database\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMerge or restructure multiple audiences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake bulk or destructive account changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace templates or campaign content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModify DNS records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall custom code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete a platform migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny requested implementation work can be quoted as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUp to Three Attendees\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to three people from the same business may attend the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client should identify the attendees and their roles before the meeting so the instruction can be presented at an appropriate level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional attendees, multiple departments with unrelated objectives, or training for separate businesses may require a custom training package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWritten Recommendations and Next-Step Checklist\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithin two business days after the completed session, the client receives a concise written summary containing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe topics covered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImportant account observations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTasks requiring client action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant workflow reminders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentified scope limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuggested Mailchimp resources where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe summary is an implementation checklist, not a complete account audit, technical specification, campaign strategy, or custom operating manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeven Days of Follow-Up Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes seven calendar days of limited written follow-up support beginning when the recommendations are delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow-up support covers up to five short clarification questions related directly to the topics discussed during the session, with a maximum combined support time of 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow-up support does not include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew training topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional live meetings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign or template review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTroubleshooting unrelated problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew strategic recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview of work completed after the session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing consulting or account management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnused follow-up support expires at the end of the seven-day period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eScheduling and Rescheduling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe session is normally scheduled within 3–5 business days after the completed questionnaire and all necessary access or screenshots are received, subject to mutual availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne rescheduling request is included when submitted at least 24 hours before the scheduled start time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLate arrival does not extend the scheduled end time. A missed appointment or a rescheduling request submitted with less than 24 hours’ notice may require a new booking and payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecording is not included. A client who wishes to record the meeting must request and receive permission before the session begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the consultation, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe completed pre-session questionnaire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three selected Mailchimp topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA prioritized list of questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate information about the current Mailchimp setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate account access or screen-sharing capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant examples, screenshots, or links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA computer with a stable internet connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ability to join the selected meeting platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll attendees at the scheduled start time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review of the written recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for maintaining secure account credentials and for approving any future changes made after the consultation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive account audit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDone-for-you account configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import, cleanup, or migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience restructuring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or content production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer Journey or automation implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify or WooCommerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite editing or custom coding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication or DNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeliverability investigation or reputation repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal, privacy, or regulatory compliance advice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional live meetings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining for separate businesses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomized training documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSession recording, editing, or hosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing Mailchimp management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed campaign, revenue, engagement, or delivery results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53829827494171,"sku":null,"price":299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug27_2026_06_15_33PM.png?v=1787868988"},{"product_id":"mailchimp-crm-api-integration","title":"Mailchimp CRM \u0026 API Integration","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp CRM \u0026amp; API Integration is a fixed-scope technical service for one business, one Mailchimp account, one primary audience, and one approved external CRM or business application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service connects the selected system with Mailchimp using one approved integration method, maps up to 15 contact fields, configures up to three defined data workflows, performs controlled testing, and provides technical documentation and handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package is intended for a focused small-business integration. Complex enterprise architecture, unrestricted custom development, and integrations involving multiple source systems require a custom proposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Compatibility Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatibility must be confirmed before the service is purchased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source CRM or business application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable native connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable API endpoints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentication requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebhook support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData-access permissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp plan and account configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired synchronization direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpected data volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable server-side hosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown platform restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe external system must provide a supported connector, documented API, webhook capability, export method, or another technically viable integration path.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA system that does not provide usable technical access cannot be integrated under this fixed package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect the Integration Method\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe connection may use one of the following methods:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA supported native integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn approved third-party automation platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn approved integration middleware service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA focused custom server-side implementation using the Mailchimp Marketing API\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe appropriate method is selected after the compatibility review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes one primary integration method. Rebuilding the connection through a different platform or changing the selected architecture after approval is outside the original scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party software, middleware, hosting, and usage fees are paid directly by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDefine the Source of Truth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore configuration begins, we identify which system controls each important category of data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact identity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer or lead status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact ownership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTags and classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant business activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clear source of truth reduces duplicate updates, conflicting records, circular synchronization, and accidental replacement of approved data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex master-data management or automatic conflict resolution between multiple systems is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap Up to 15 Contact Fields\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe map up to 15 approved fields between the external system and one Mailchimp audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount owner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved custom fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal tags or classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available mapping depends on the field types supported by both platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must explain unfamiliar fields and approve the final data map before implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSensitive credentials, complete payment information, authentication secrets, and unrelated confidential records will not be synchronized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Three Data Workflows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to three approved synchronization workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating or updating a Mailchimp contact when an eligible CRM record is created or changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying or removing Mailchimp tags when an approved CRM status changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturning a supported subscription status or selected Mailchimp activity to the CRM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding an eligible contact to one approved audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriggering an approved Mailchimp automation from a supported external event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating selected Mailchimp merge fields from the source application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach workflow includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne defined trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne primary source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne primary destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved field mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne primary action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic error capture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex branching, multiple destinations, advanced transformation logic, large workflow chains, or additional synchronization processes require a custom quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSupported Synchronization Direction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved workflows may operate in one direction or provide a limited two-way exchange when both platforms support the required actions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM to Mailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp to CRM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM to Mailchimp with one supported status returned to the CRM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package does not include unrestricted bidirectional synchronization, continuous database reconciliation, automatic conflict resolution, or enterprise master-data management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Mailchimp Authentication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a custom API connection is required, we configure an approved authentication method for one Mailchimp account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the integration architecture, this may use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dedicated Mailchimp Marketing API key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn approved OAuth 2 connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentication provided by a supported connector or middleware platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPI credentials must be delivered through an approved secure method and must never be placed in browser-side code, public repositories, screenshots, or ordinary email messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for the Mailchimp account, API credentials, external platform credentials, and connected infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA public OAuth application intended to connect multiple unrelated customer accounts is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Two Audience Webhooks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere technically appropriate, we configure up to two Mailchimp audience webhook subscriptions for supported events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWebhook events may be used to notify the connected system about changes such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew subscriptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscriptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact profile updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail-address changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaned addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported audience events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe receiving system must provide or permit an appropriate public HTTPS endpoint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDevelopment of a separate webhook platform, advanced event queue, custom monitoring system, or high-availability infrastructure is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Subscription Status\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integration is configured according to the client’s approved marketing-permission and contact-status rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify which records are eligible to be added as subscribed contacts and confirm that the required permission has been obtained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting unsubscribed, cleaned, or restricted contacts will not be automatically resubscribed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not determine whether the client’s collection, storage, or use of personal information complies with a particular law, regulation, contract, or industry requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBasic Data Transformation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes limited transformation required for the approved field mapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandardizing supported field names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConverting basic text values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching approved status values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormatting supported dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying defined tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIgnoring empty optional values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRejecting visibly incomplete required records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtensive data normalization, duplicate resolution, address correction, manual research, enrichment, database reconstruction, or custom business-rule engines are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControlled Integration Testing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe test the approved workflows using up to 100 client-approved sample or production records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting may verify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTag application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription-status handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebhook delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported workflow triggers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic error responses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate-prevention behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpected data direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must review the test results and approve the integration before broader use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not guarantee that every record will be accepted by Mailchimp or the external platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eError Handling and Recovery Guidance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integration includes basic error capture appropriate to the approved implementation method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the selected platform, this may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecording unsuccessful operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying rejected records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapturing supported API error details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreventing repeated processing of the same event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic handling of temporary connection failures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDocumented instructions for retrying an eligible operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContinuous monitoring, advanced alerting, automatic incident response, guaranteed uptime, and 24-hour technical support are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDeployment and Launch\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter testing and client approval, we activate the approved integration in one production environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide any required server, serverless platform, integration platform, or middleware account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe launch covers the approved workflows only. Historical data synchronization, bulk migration, or processing the client’s complete existing database is not included unless separately quoted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Documentation and Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives an implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe systems connected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected integration method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved source of truth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe synchronization direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields mapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe workflows configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe webhooks configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe test results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown platform restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic error-recovery steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCredential rotation recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved third-party issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom source code created specifically for the approved integration is transferred according to the project agreement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMailchimp, CRM, middleware, hosting, and other third-party platforms remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFourteen Days of Post-Launch Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes 14 calendar days of limited post-launch support beginning when the approved integration is activated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport covers correction of reproducible configuration or code defects directly related to the original approved workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchitecture changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew transformation rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical data processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanges caused by third-party platform updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral CRM or Mailchimp administration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIssues reported after the support period can be handled through a separate maintenance service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility confirmation before purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to one Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate access to the external CRM or application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent API or integration documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurely delivered API or OAuth credentials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne primary Mailchimp audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefinitions for the requested data fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved synchronization direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved subscription and consent rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 100 suitable testing records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn existing server-side environment when required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA technical contact for the external platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired third-party subscriptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of the data map\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of test results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelays in access, credentials, documentation, hosting, client decisions, or third-party technical support may extend the delivery schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 10–15 business days after all required access, documentation, credentials, sample data, and written approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party approval processes, undocumented APIs, platform outages, security reviews, and external technical limitations may extend the completion time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of initial delivery and remains within the approved architecture, fields, and workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA different CRM, additional audience, replacement integration platform, or materially changed data-flow requirement is treated as a separate project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM subscription or licensing fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddleware, hosting, or automation-platform fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Mailchimp account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one primary audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one external CRM or business application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 15 mapped fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three synchronization workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two Mailchimp audience webhooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical contact migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-database import or cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive duplicate resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData enrichment or manual research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplex bidirectional synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnterprise master-data management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom development inside the external CRM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported or undocumented legacy systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublic marketplace application development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-customer OAuth application publication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp Transactional configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom reporting dashboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced monitoring or alerting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed third-party platform availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing integration maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal, privacy, or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53829849481499,"sku":null,"price":1999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug27_2026_06_21_47PM.png?v=1787869360"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.kizilco.com\/collections\/mailchimp.oembed","provider":"KizilCo","version":"1.0","type":"link"}